wcdma load control algorithm and parameters_p4

68
www.huawei.com Copyright © 2006 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All rights reserved. WCDMA Load Control

Upload: maryamsafae

Post on 19-Jul-2016

67 views

Category:

Documents


4 download

DESCRIPTION

LOAD CONTROL

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

wwwhuaweicom

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

WCDMA Load Control

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview

2 Basic Load Control Algorithms211 PUC (Potential User Control)

21 2 Intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB)

22 CAC (Call Admission Control)

23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Load Definition Load the occupancy of capacity Two kinds of capacity in CDMA system

Hard capacity Code channels Hard ware resource Transport resource NodeB processing

capability (CE) Soft capacity

Interference (UL) Power (DL)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink Load Definition Cell Load Factor

risenoiseUL11

NPRTWPrisenoise

PN Background noise

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink Load Definition

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

The transmission power is used to describe DL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different

working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load

periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell

During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible

After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload

congestion by BE service TF control

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the

coverage and QoS

PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control

3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access

Time

bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC

bullbull IAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Principles

Freq1

Freq2

System InfoSIB31112

System InfoSIB31112

Heavy load

Light load

Idle state

Modify

1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell

Decrease the POTENTIAL load

Modify

1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell

Increase the POTENTIAL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 2: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview

2 Basic Load Control Algorithms211 PUC (Potential User Control)

21 2 Intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB)

22 CAC (Call Admission Control)

23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Load Definition Load the occupancy of capacity Two kinds of capacity in CDMA system

Hard capacity Code channels Hard ware resource Transport resource NodeB processing

capability (CE) Soft capacity

Interference (UL) Power (DL)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink Load Definition Cell Load Factor

risenoiseUL11

NPRTWPrisenoise

PN Background noise

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink Load Definition

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

The transmission power is used to describe DL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different

working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load

periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell

During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible

After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload

congestion by BE service TF control

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the

coverage and QoS

PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control

3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access

Time

bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC

bullbull IAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Principles

Freq1

Freq2

System InfoSIB31112

System InfoSIB31112

Heavy load

Light load

Idle state

Modify

1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell

Decrease the POTENTIAL load

Modify

1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell

Increase the POTENTIAL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 3: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Load Definition Load the occupancy of capacity Two kinds of capacity in CDMA system

Hard capacity Code channels Hard ware resource Transport resource NodeB processing

capability (CE) Soft capacity

Interference (UL) Power (DL)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink Load Definition Cell Load Factor

risenoiseUL11

NPRTWPrisenoise

PN Background noise

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink Load Definition

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

The transmission power is used to describe DL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different

working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load

periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell

During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible

After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload

congestion by BE service TF control

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the

coverage and QoS

PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control

3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access

Time

bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC

bullbull IAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Principles

Freq1

Freq2

System InfoSIB31112

System InfoSIB31112

Heavy load

Light load

Idle state

Modify

1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell

Decrease the POTENTIAL load

Modify

1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell

Increase the POTENTIAL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 4: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink Load Definition Cell Load Factor

risenoiseUL11

NPRTWPrisenoise

PN Background noise

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink Load Definition

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

The transmission power is used to describe DL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different

working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load

periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell

During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible

After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload

congestion by BE service TF control

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the

coverage and QoS

PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control

3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access

Time

bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC

bullbull IAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Principles

Freq1

Freq2

System InfoSIB31112

System InfoSIB31112

Heavy load

Light load

Idle state

Modify

1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell

Decrease the POTENTIAL load

Modify

1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell

Increase the POTENTIAL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 5: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink Load Definition

the UL cell load factor (based on RTWP) can be used to describe UL load

The transmission power is used to describe DL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different

working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load

periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell

During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible

After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload

congestion by BE service TF control

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the

coverage and QoS

PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control

3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access

Time

bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC

bullbull IAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Principles

Freq1

Freq2

System InfoSIB31112

System InfoSIB31112

Heavy load

Light load

Idle state

Modify

1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell

Decrease the POTENTIAL load

Modify

1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell

Increase the POTENTIAL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 6: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Load control algorithm can be classified into three parts according to the different

working states of UE Before UE accesses the PUC algorithms will function RNC will monitor the cell load

periodically If the current cell load exceeds a specific threshold RNC will modify the cell selection and re-selection parameters in order that UE can select the low-load cell easily when UE will initiate some services and work at CELL-DCH state This algorithm aims at UE which working at IDLE mode CELL-FACH state CELL-PCH state or URA-PCH state in this cell

During UE accesses the CAC and IAC algorithms will function RNC will judge whether the new access is admissible

After UE accesses LDR and OLC algorithms will function There are some practical algorithms to decrease the cell load When a cell is in basic congestion the RNC shall select some UEs for inter-frequency handover When a cell is in overload congestion the RNC shall select some UEs to release if failing to release the cell from overload

congestion by BE service TF control

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the

coverage and QoS

PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control

3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access

Time

bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC

bullbull IAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Principles

Freq1

Freq2

System InfoSIB31112

System InfoSIB31112

Heavy load

Light load

Idle state

Modify

1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell

Decrease the POTENTIAL load

Modify

1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell

Increase the POTENTIAL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 7: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The Objectives of Load Control Keeping system stable Maximizing system capacity while ensuring the

coverage and QoS

PUC Potential User ControlCAC Call Admission Control IAC Intelligent Admission ControlLDR Load Reshuffling OLC Overload Control

3 After UE access2 During UE access1 Before UE access

Time

bull LDRCACPUCbull OLC

bullbull IAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Principles

Freq1

Freq2

System InfoSIB31112

System InfoSIB31112

Heavy load

Light load

Idle state

Modify

1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell

Decrease the POTENTIAL load

Modify

1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell

Increase the POTENTIAL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 8: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Principles

Freq1

Freq2

System InfoSIB31112

System InfoSIB31112

Heavy load

Light load

Idle state

Modify

1Easy to trigger reselection2Easy to select light loadInter-freq neighbor Cell

Decrease the POTENTIAL load

Modify

1Hard to trigger reselection2Easy to camp on the cell

Increase the POTENTIAL load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 9: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

PUC Realization PUC can modify inter-frequency cell reselection

parameters to control the user distribution between cells Sintersearch when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will

increase this parameter when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will decrease this parameter

QOffset1sn and QOffset2sn when the load of a cell is ldquoHeavyrdquo PUC will decrease these parameters when the load of a cell is ldquoLightrdquo PUC will increase these parameters

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 10: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch NBMSWITCH (Cell algorithm switch)

Value Range PUC

Default status OFF

PUCPERIODTIMERLEN (PUC period timer length) Value Range6s~86400s Default value 1800 namely 1800 seconds ie 30

minutes

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 11: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC (1) SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1)

Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) Value Range 0 to 100 Recommended value 5 namely 5

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 12: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for PUC Algorithm Switch Set the following parameters through ADD CELLPUC query it through LST CELLPUC and

modify it through MOD CELLPUC SPUCHEAVY (Load level division threshold 1) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Heavy or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

higher than this threshold the load level of this cell is heavy If the load level of a cell is heavy the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE camping on this cell to reselect another inter-frequency neighboring cell with light load

SPUCLIGHT (Load level division threshold 2) It is used to decide whether the cell load level is Light or not If the load of a cell is equal to or

lower than this threshold the load level of this cell is light If the load level of a cell is light the PUC algorithm will configure selectionreselection parameters for this cell to lead the UE to reselect this cell rather than the previous inter-frequency neighboring cell with heavy load

SPUCHYST (Load level division hysteresis) The hysteresis used while judging cell load level it is used to avoid the unnecessary ping-pong of

a cell between two load levels due to tiny load change

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 13: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 14: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Intra-Frequency Load Balancing The NodeB periodically reports the total TCP of the cell and the LDB periodically triggers the following activities Assessing the cell load level based on the total TCP If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the value of the Cell overload threshold it is an indication that the cell is heavily loaded In this case the transmit power of the PCPICH needs

to be reduced by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter However if the current transmit power is equal to the value of the Min transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the value of the Cell underload threshold it is an indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load In this case the transmit power of the P-CPICH increases by a step which is defined by the Pilot power adjustment step parameter to help to lighten the load of neighboring cells However if he current transmit power is equal to the value of the Max transmit power of PCPICH parameter no adjustment is performed

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 15: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLdcAlgoSwitch LDB 1048711 The default value of this parameter is Off Set this parameter through ADD

CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 16: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Cell overload threshold (Heavy)

1048711 Parameter ID CellOverrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 90(90) 1048711 Cell underload threshold (Light)

1048711 Parameter ID CellUnderrunThd 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 30(30)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 17: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Key parameters LDB Pilot power adjustment step 1048711 Parameter ID PCPICHPowerPace 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 2 (02dB) Max transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MaxPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 346 (346dBm) Min transmit power of PCPICH 1048711 Parameter ID MinPCPICHPower 1048711 The default value of this parameter is 313 (313dBm)

ADD PCPICH MOD PCPICHPWR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 18: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need CAC WCDMA is an interference limited system after a

new call is admitted the system load will be increased

We must keep the coverage planed by the Radio Network Planning

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 19: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Flow chart of CAC

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 20: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

The admission decisionThe admission decision is based on

bull Cell available code resource managed in RNCbull Cell available power resource DLUL load measured in

Node Bbull NodeB resource state that is NodeB credits Reported by

Node Bbull Available Iub transport layer resource that is Iub

transmission bandwidth managed in RNCbull HSDPA user number (only for HSDPA service) bull HSUPA user number (only for HSUPA service)

Only when all of these resources are available can a call be admitted

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 21: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Code Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining code resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 22: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Code Resource Admission

DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF) This parameter is the Downlink Credit and Code Reserved by Spread

Factor for Handover service If the DL spare resource can not satisfy the reserved resource after the

access of a new service the service will be rejected

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128 SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 23: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Power Resource Admission Algorithm 1 based on ULDL load measurement and load prediction

(RTWP and TCP) The algorithm is easy to implement but it is affected by the result of

RTWP and TCP measurement When RTWP andor TCP measurement value areis

invalidunavailable the CAC will change from algorithm 1 to 2 automatically

Algorithm 2 based on Element Number of User (ENU) The algorithm is no need to measure RTWP and TCP but the

calculation is more complex Algorithm 3 loose call admission control algorithm

Similar to algorithm 1 but the prediction of needed power of a new call will be set to zero

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 24: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current RTWP and calculate the current load

factor

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

load factorCalculate the predicted load

factor

admitted rejected

End of UL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

RTWPPN

UL 1

ULpredictedUL_

Pn is uplink receive background noise

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 25: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Downlink CAC Algorithm 1 - Load Prediction

Get current TCP

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

TCP

Calculate the predicted TCP

admitted rejected

End of DL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

)(NP

P

PNP )(

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 26: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU

Get current total ENU

Admission request

Get the traffic characteristic and estimate the increment of

ENU

Calculate the predicted ENU

admitted rejected

End of ULDL CAC

Y NSmaller than

the threshold

N

iitotal ENUNENU

1

)(

newENU

newtotaltotal ENUNENUNENU )()1(

max)1( ENUNENUENULoad total

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 27: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENU For R99 and HSDPA RAB The RNC uses the

following formula to predict the uplink load factor 1048711 (ENUtotal + ENUnew) ENUmax 1048711 By comparing the forecasted ENU load with the

corresponding threshold the RNC decides whether to accept the access request or not

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 28: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Uplink and Downlink CAC Algorithm 2 - ENUThe ENUmax of DL is very different from the ENUmax

of ULThe UL ENUmax is calculated by the system

automaticallyThe DL ENUmax can be configured through

parameter DL total Non-HSDPA equivalent user number

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 29: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Typical equivalent number of users

ServiceEquivalent Number of User (ENU)

For Already Existing Users For New Incoming Call34 kbits SIG 02669 04569

136 kbits SIG 04531 12131

34 + 122 kbits 07662 13210

34 + 8 kbits (PS) 05106 06325

34 + 16 kbits (PS) 09215 10472

34 + 32 kbits (PS) 21319 22680

34 + 64 kbits (PS) 32479 34188

34 + 128 kbits (PS) 62219 64143

34 + 144 kbits (PS) 69731 71888

34 + 256 kbits (PS) 112941 115245

34 + 384 kbits (PS) 170178 171897

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 30: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission Algorithm Switch NBMULCACALGOSELSWITCH (Uplink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD NBMDLCACALGOSELSWITCH (Downlink CAC algorithm switch)

Value Range ALGORITHM_OFF ALGORITHM_FIRST

ALGORITHM_SECOND and ALGORITHM_THIRD

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 31: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Load Prediction (1) CELLENVTYPE (Cell environment type)

Value Range TU typical urban district RA rural areaHT hill terrain

Default value TU

BACKGROUNDNOISE (Background noise) Value Range 0 to 621 Physical Range -112 to -50dBm step 01 Recommended value 71 namely -105dBm

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 32: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Power Resource Admission (6)

ULTOTALEQUSERNUM (UL total equivalent user number) Value range 1 to 200

DLTOTALEQUSERNUM (DL total nonhsdpa equivalent user number)

Value range 1 to 200 Meaning When the algorithm 2 is used this parameter defines the

total equivalent user number corresponding to the 100 downlink or uplink load

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 33: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission For handover services

The current remaining credit resource should be enough for the service

For other R99 services RNC shall ensure the remaining code does not exceed

the configurable thresholds after admission of the new service

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 34: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

CAC Credit Resource Admission

CE is used to measure the channel demodulation capability of the NodeBs On the RNC side it is referred to as the NodeB credit On the NodeB side it is referred to as the Channel Element (CE)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 35: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission DLHOCECODERESVSF (DL HandOver Credit and Code

Reserved SF) Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF32 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Dl HandOver Credit and Code Reserved SF] gt= max ([Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold] [Cell LDR SF reserved threshold])

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 36: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Credit Resource Admission ULHOCERESVSF (Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF)

Value Range0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Physical value Range SF4 SF8 SF16 SF32 SF128

SF256 SFOFF Recommended value SF16 Configuration Rule and Restriction

[Ul HandOver Credit Reserved SF] gt= Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 37: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)

24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 38: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC The disadvantage of CAC

For PS NRT (Non-Real Time) services CAC is not flexible

No consideration about the priority of different users No consideration about Directed Retry after CAC

rejection

ldquoIntelligentrdquo means the algorithm can increase admission successful rate

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 39: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Why we need IAC IAC can increase admission successful rate through the following

methods1 The data rate of PS service is not fixed so maybe the cell can admit

the UE after the data rate is decreased2 Since the service is non-real time the users can wait a short time

then access to the cell3 The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low

priority4 If the load of neighboring cell is not ldquoHeavyrdquo UE may be admitted to

the neighboring cell directly5 The IAC procedure includes rate negotiation DRD preemption and

queuing

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 40: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Direct Retry based on service Data service can be retry to HSDPA cells for better

QoSData service

HSDPACELL AFrequency B

R99CELL2 R99 CELL 1Frequency A

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 41: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption

Low priority

High priority

Preempting resource

The user with high priority can preempt the resource of users with low priority

Triggering resource for Preemption Power (or ENU) SF (spreading factor) Iub transmission

resource NodeB CE

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 42: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Preemption The preemption procedure is as follows1 The preemption algorithm determines which radio link sets can be preempted

according to the following preemption rules - High priority user preempt the resource of low priority users - Preempting the resource of users with low priority first - Preempting single service user first - Preempting UEs as few as possible that is choose the UEs that can release the

most resources - Preempting should follow this sequence channelization codes first then Iub

transmission resources radio resources last2 Release resources occupied by candidate UEs3 The requested service uses the released resources to access the network directly

without further admission decision

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 43: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

IAC ndash Directed Retry based on Load Balance Service will be set up to the cell with lightest load The advantages

Keeping the load of the network balanced Supporting higher data rate for the user

Cell 1

Cell 2

RRC Connection

Cell 1

Cell 2

RAB

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 44: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for DRD (1) DRMAXUMTSNUM (Max inter-frequency direct retry

number) Value range 0 to 5 Recommended value 2

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 45: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)

25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 46: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control)

Overload state OLC will be used

Load

THLDR

THOLC

100section A

section B

section C

1 2

Normal state Permit entry

Times

Basic congestion state LDR will be used

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 47: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LCC (Load Congestion Control LCC (Load Congestion Control) consist of LDR (Load

Reshuffling) and OLC (OverLoad Control) In basic congestion state LDR will be used to

optimize resource distribution the main rules is not to affect the feeling of users as possible as we can

In overload state OLC will be used to release overload state quickly keep system stability and the service of high priority users

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 48: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) Reasons

When the cell is in basic congestion state new coming calls could be easily rejected by system

Purpose Optimizing cell resource distribution Decreasing load level increasing admission successful rate

Triggering of LDR Power resources code resource Iub resources or Iub

bandwidth NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 49: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling)

1048711 Triggering of LDR 1048711 Power resources 1048711 Code resource 1048711 Iub resources 1048711 NodeB Credit resource

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 50: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR (Load Reshuffling) LDR Actions 1048711 Inter-frequency load handover 1048711 Code reshuffling 1048711 BE service rate reduction 1048711 AMR rate reduction 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the CS domain 1048711 Inter-RAT load handover in the PS domain

When the cell is in basic congestion state the RNC takes one of the actions in each period until the congestion is resolved

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 51: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR ( key Parameter ) Cell algorithm switch

Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH Value range ON OFF Content If ULLDR DLLDR CELL_CODE_LDR are

selected the corresponding algorithms are enabled Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH

MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 52: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

LDR Actions DL LDR first second third fourth fifth sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth action 1048711 Parameter ID 1048711 DlLdrFirstAction DlLdrSecondAction DlLdrThirdAction DlLdrFourthAction DlLdrFifthAction DlLdrSixthAction DlLdrSeventhAction DlLdrEighthAction DlLdrNinthAction DlLdrTenthAction 1048711 The default configuration is 1048711 1stCODEADJ 2nd INTERFREQLDHO 3rd BERATERED Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDR MOD CELLLDR ADD

NODEBLDR MOD NODEBLDR

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 53: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (1) ULLDRTRIGTHD (UL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 55 namely 55

ULLDRRELTHD (UL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 45 namely 45 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 54: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Power Resource (2) DLLDRTRIGTHD (DL LDR trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 70 namely 70

DLLDRRELTHD (DL LDR release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 60 namely 60 Set this parameter through ADD CELLLDM MOD

CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 55: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM

UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUMUL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM

Value range 1 to 10

Default value UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM 1 UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 3 UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM 1

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 56: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for LDR Other Actions This set of parameters determines the action sequence for the uplinkdownlink LDR UL (DL) LDRBERATEREDUCTIONRABNUM ULDL LDR-BE rate reduction RAB number UL (DL) LDRCSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR CS inter-rat ho user number UL (DL) LDRPSINTERRATHOUSERNUM ULDL LDR PS inter-rat ho user number

The larger these parameters are the more obviously the current cellrsquos load is reduced Its cost is that user feelings are affected and that it gives rise to congestion of the target cell The smaller these parameters are the smaller the amplitude of the load adjusted by LDR Its benefit is that the QoS is guaranteed and the target cell load is stable

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 57: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Contents1 Load Control Overview2 Basic Load Control Algorithms

21 PUC (Potential User Control)22 CAC (Call Admission Control)23 IAC (Intelligent Admission Control)24 LDR (Load Reshuffling)25 OLC (Overload Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 58: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Reasons

In overload state system is not stable Purpose

Ensuring the system stability and making the system back to the normal state as soon as possible

Triggering of OLC Power resources only

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 59: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) In some situations the total power load of the cell may be

higher than the target load To ensure system stability overload congestion must be handled The OLC includes

bull Restricting the TF (Transmission Format) of the BE service bull Choosing and releasing some UEs Only power resources could result in overload congestion Hard

resources such as equivalent user number Iub bandwidth and credit resources do not cause overload congestion

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 60: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control) Cell overload is an emergent status OLC algorithm can quickly

relieve uplinkdownlink load by TF restriction or user release but may also cause oscillation of the cell load and affect the call drop rate

For the uplink overload means the cellrsquos uplink interference is close to or reaches the limit and may give rise to difficulty in BTS uplink reception and decoding resulting in call drop

For the downlink overload means the downlink transmit power is close to or reaches the limit and the userrsquos downlink inner loop power control cannot be increased as needed because of the BTS power restriction resulting in call drop

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 61: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - TF Control Target user

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Send the control message to UE (downlink TF control

indication uplink Transport format combination control) to restricts the TFC selection

After the congestion is released the BE service rate will be recovered

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 62: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions - Release of Some UEs Target user (downlink eg)

Rank the candidate users by the integrate priority the low priority user will be selected

Execution Releasing the service of the selected user

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 63: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC (Over Load Control)

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 64: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

OLC Actions Cell LDC algorithm switch

1048711 Parameter ID NBMLDCALGOSWITCH 1048711 UL_UU_OLC DL_UU_OLC

Set this parameter through ADD CELLALGOSWITCH MOD CELLALGOSWITCH

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 65: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (1) ULOLCTRIGTHD (UL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

ULOLCRELTHD (UL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 66: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload (2) DLOLCTRIGTHD (DL OLC trigger threshold)

Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 95 namely 95

DLOLCRELTHD (DL OLC release threshold) Value range 0 to 100 Recommended value 85 namely 85 Set these parameters through ADD CELLLDM query it through LST

CELLLDM and modify it through MOD CELLLDM

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 67: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Parameters for Triggering of Overload The uplink OLC trigger threshold judges whether the system uplink is in overload

status If the cell load is consecutively higher than the threshold for pre-determined times it means the system is in overload status Under this circumstance if the cellrsquos OLC switch is open the system will perform OLC algorithm including fast TF restriction or even user release

The smaller the OLC trigger threshold is the easier the system will be in overload status Since OLC will ultimately use extreme method like user release to lower the load too low value will be very detrimental to the system performance

The smaller the OLC release threshold is the harder for the system to release the overload Since the consequence of overload is not as severe as expected it is desirable to set the two parameters a bit higher given that the difference between OLC trigger threshold and OLC release threshold is fixed

The uplink OLC trigger thresholds must be greater than up OLC release thresholds and the recommended difference between the two thresholds is larger than 10 otherwise maybe the basic congestion state is ldquoPing-Pongrdquo

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69
Page 68: WCDMA Load Control Algorithm and Parameters_P4

Copyright copy 2006 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd All rights reserved

Thank You

wwwhuaweicom

  • Slide 1
  • Slide 2
  • Slide 3
  • Slide 4
  • Slide 5
  • Slide 6
  • Slide 7
  • Slide 8
  • Slide 9
  • Slide 10
  • Slide 11
  • Slide 12
  • Slide 14
  • Slide 15
  • Slide 16
  • Slide 17
  • Slide 18
  • Slide 19
  • Slide 20
  • Slide 21
  • Slide 22
  • Slide 23
  • Slide 24
  • Slide 25
  • Slide 26
  • Slide 27
  • Slide 28
  • Slide 29
  • Slide 30
  • Slide 31
  • Slide 32
  • Slide 33
  • Slide 34
  • Slide 35
  • Slide 36
  • Slide 37
  • Slide 38
  • Slide 39
  • Slide 40
  • Slide 41
  • Slide 42
  • Slide 43
  • Slide 44
  • Slide 45
  • Slide 46
  • Slide 47
  • Slide 48
  • Slide 49
  • Slide 50
  • Slide 51
  • Slide 52
  • Slide 53
  • Slide 54
  • Slide 55
  • Slide 56
  • Slide 57
  • Slide 58
  • Slide 59
  • Slide 60
  • Slide 61
  • Slide 62
  • Slide 63
  • Slide 64
  • Slide 65
  • Slide 66
  • Slide 67
  • Slide 68
  • Slide 69